DEB: use _base folder for a distro instead of specific distros (squeeze and maverick).

Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro <michele.calgaro@yahoo.it>

51 files changed, 9777 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/artsmessage-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/artsmessage-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0950cfe4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/artsmessage-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>ARTSMESSAGE</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "artsmessage">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Utility to display aRts error messages</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>-eiw</option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>message</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a utility to display aRts error messages.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-e</option>, <option>--error</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Display error message (default).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-i</option>, <option>--info</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Display informational message.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-w</option>, <option>--warning</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Display warning message.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/cupsdconf-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/cupsdconf-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0960c98e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/cupsdconf-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>CUPSDCONF</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "cupsdconf">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>A CUPS configuration tool</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>file</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a CUPS configuration tool.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/cupsdoprint-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/cupsdoprint-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89275a0f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/cupsdoprint-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+.TH CUPSDOPRINT 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "printing tool"
+.SH NAME
+cupsdoprint
+\- TDE command line tool to print files via CUPS
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.BR cupsdoprint \ [ \-H \ host[:port]]\ [ \-P \ dest]\ [ \-J \ name]\ [ \-o \ opt=value[,...]]
+.RS 12
+.RB [ \-U \ login[:password]]\ files...
+.RE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBcupsdoprint\fP is a command line tool to print files using the CUPS printing system.
+.sp 1
+\fBcupsdoprint\fP does not support printing from stdin.
+.sp 1
+You can use \fBlpoptions \-l \-p Printername\fP to discover the options a certain printer supports.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-?
+show help options
+.TP
+.BR \-H \ host:port
+cups host to print to
+.TP
+.BR \-J \ name
+print job name
+.br
+default: "TDE Print System"
+.TP
+.BR \-o \ opt=value
+options to use
+.TP
+.BR \-P \ dest
+printer to use
+.TP
+.BR \-U \ login:password
+login and password to use
+.SS
+.SH EXAMPLE
+cupsdoprint \-P HPLaserJet4L \-H localhost:631 \-U john
+.RS 12
+\-o Copies=10,PageSize=A4 /tmp/file.ps
+.RE
+.sp 1
+Prints 10 copies in format A4 of the file /tmp/file.ps as user john via localhost:631 on the printer HPLaserJet4L.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.B www.linuxprinting.org
+Information about printing under UNIX
+.sp 1
+.BR lp (1),\  lpr (1),\  lpoptions (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Michael Goffioul <tdeprint@swing.be>
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcop-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcop-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..499da537e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcop-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>October 13, 2004</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>DCOP</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "dcop">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Console DCOP client</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>application <optional><replaceable>function <optional><replaceable>arg1</replaceable></optional> <optional><replaceable>arg2</replaceable></optional> ... </replaceable></optional> </replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a console DCOP (Desktop Communications Protocol) client.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--all-sessions</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Send to all sessions found. Only works with the --user and --all-users options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--all-users</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Send the same DCOP call to all users with a running DCOP server. Only failed calls to existing DCOP servers will generate an error message. If no DCOP server is available at all, no error will be generated.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--list-sessions</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>List all active TDE session for a user or all users.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--pipe</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Call DCOP for each line read from stdin.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>session</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Send to the given TDE session. This option can only be used in combination with the --user option.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--user <replaceable>user</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Connect to the given user's DCOP server. This option will ignore the values of the environment vars $DCOPSERVER and $ICEAUTHORITY, even if they are set. If the user has more than one open session, you must also use one of the --list-sessions, --session or --all-sessions command-line options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>EXAMPLES</title>
+    
+    <para><example>
+      <title>Return number of the current desktop, e.g. 2</title>
+        <blockquote><literallayout>
+dcop twin KWinInterface currentDesktop
+        </literallayout></blockquote>
+    </example></para>
+
+    <para><example>
+      <title>Jump to the next dektop</title>
+        <blockquote><literallayout>
+dcop twin KWinInterface nextDesktop
+        </literallayout></blockquote>
+    </example></para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>SEE ALSO</title>
+      <para><application>kdcop</application>(1), <application>dcopserver</application>(1)</para>
+  </refsect1>
+
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopclient-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopclient-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b93446c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopclient-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.TH DCOPCLIENT 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+dcopclient
+\- extracts the application id from a DCOP reference of a TDE service
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dcopclient
+.RI [ dcopref ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBdcopclient\fP extracts the application id from a DCOP reference given in the form DCOPRef(application id,object id).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B Return application id of a DCOP reference to a Konqueror instance
+APPID=`dcopclient 'DCOPRef(konqueror\-6140,
+.br
+.RS 26
+konqueror\-mainwindow#1)'`
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcop (1),\  dcopfind (1),\  dcopobject (1),\  dcopquit (1),\  dcopref (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopfind-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopfind-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee71e4c05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopfind-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Johannes</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Ranke</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>March 25, 2006</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>jranke@uni-bremen.de</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Johannes Ranke">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>DCOPFIND</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "dcopfind">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2006</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Find the DCOP reference of a TDE service</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option>-a</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>-l</option></arg>
+      <arg choice='req'><replaceable>service</replaceable></arg>
+	  <arg><replaceable>object</replaceable></arg>
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+	<para><command>&dhpackage;</command> returns a reference to the first
+	instance of the TDE service specified by
+	<replaceable>service</replaceable>. See also dcopstart, which starts a
+	service/application and immediately returns its reference.
+	</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-a</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+		  <para>Print the application id. Without this argument, the
+		  application id will be returned in the form
+		  DCOPRef(application id,object id).
+		  </para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-l</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>If the object is not found, run dcopstart and try again.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show usage information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>EXAMPLES</title>
+    
+    <para><example>
+      <title>Return reference to a Kate instance</title>
+        <blockquote><literallayout>
+KATE=`dcopfind -a 'kate-*'`
+        </literallayout></blockquote>
+    </example></para>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername; &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for 
+	  the &debian; system (but may be used by others).  Permission is granted
+	  to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the
+	  &gnu; General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by
+	  the Free Software Foundation.</para>
+
+	<para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
+	  License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>SEE ALSO</title>
+      <para><application>dcopstart</application>(1), <application>dcop</application>(1)</para>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopobject-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopobject-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b21d0f22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopobject-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.TH DCOPOBJECT 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+dcopobject
+\- extracts the object id from a DCOP reference of a TDE service
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dcopobject
+.RI [ dcopref ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBdcopobject\fP extracts the object id from a DCOP reference given in the form DCOPRef(application id,object id).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B Return object id of a DCOP reference to the main window object of a Konqueror instance
+OBJID=`dcopobject 'DCOPRef(konqueror\-6140,
+.br
+.RS 26
+konqueror\-mainwindow#1)'`
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcop (1),\  dcopclient (1),\  dcopfind (1),\  dcopquit (1),\  dcopref (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopquit-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopquit-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..897d4de45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopquit-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+.TH DCOPQUIT 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+dcopquit
+\- terminates a TDE service
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dcopquit
+.RI [ applicationid ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBdcopquit\fP terminates a TDE service via its DCOP application id. You can use \fBdcopclient\fP to extract the application id from a DCOP reference.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B Terminate Konqueror instance
+dcopquit 'konqueror\-9270'
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcop (1),\  dcopclient (1),\  dcopstart (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopref-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopref-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15d8c93da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopref-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+.TH DCOPREF 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+dcopref
+\- creates a DCOP reference of a TDE service from application id and object
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B dcopref
+.RI [ dcopclient ]\ [ dcopobject ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBdcopref\fP creates a DCOPRef from an application id and an object id.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+.B Create a DCOPRef from application id of a konqueror instance and its main window as object
+DREF=`dcopref 'konqueror\-6140' 'konqueror\-mainwindow#1'`
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcop (1),\  dcopclient (1),\  dcopfind (1),\  dcopobject (1),\  dcopquit (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopserver-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopserver-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69603793b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopserver-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>DCOPSERVER</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "dcopserver">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>TDE DCOP server</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option>--nofork<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--nolocal<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--nosid<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--suicide<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option>--serverid<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is the server for TDE's Desktop Communications Protocol.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nofork</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes dcopserver not to fork off like a daemon, but run in the current process.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nolocal</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Allow network clients to this dcopserver. Without this option, only local clients are allowed.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nosid</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Do not create a new session for the program.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--serverid</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Display the server ID of the running dcopserver.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--suicide</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tell dcopserver to automatically terminate if no transactions are made within 10 seconds.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopserver_shutdown-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopserver_shutdown-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..330ff0fd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopserver_shutdown-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+.TH DCOPSERVER_SHUTDOWN 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+dcopserver_shutdown
+\- shuts down the TDE DCOP service
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.BR dcopserver_shutdown \ [ \-\-nokill \ |\  \-\-wait ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBdcopserver_shutdown\fP shuts down the TDE DCOP service. When called without \fB\-\-nokill\fP the dcopserver will be terminated.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-\-nokill
+do not terminate DCOP server
+.TP
+.B \-\-wait
+wait for dcopserver to terminate before returning from program
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcopserver (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
+.br
+Lubos Lunak <l.lunak@kde.org>
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopstart-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopstart-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..399d95c60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/dcopstart-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Johannes</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Ranke</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>March 25, 2006</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>jranke@uni-bremen.de</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Johannes Ranke">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>DCOPSTART</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "dcopstart">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2006</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Start a TDE service and return its DCOP reference</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg choice='req'><replaceable>service</replaceable></arg>
+      <arg><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> starts a TDE service (i.e. an application
+	that is registered in the TDE system of .desktop files) and returns its
+	reference for later use in shell scripts. If the service is not scriptable
+	via DCOP, dcopstart returns nothing, but starts the service.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show usage information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>EXAMPLES</title>
+    
+    <para><example>
+      <title>Get the DCOP reference for a newly started konqueror instance</title>
+        <blockquote><literallayout>
+KONQ_ID=$(dcopstart konqueror http://www.trinitydesktop.org)
+        </literallayout></blockquote>
+    </example></para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername; &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for 
+	  the &debian; system (but may be used by others).  Permission is granted
+	  to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the
+	  &gnu; General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by
+	  the Free Software Foundation.</para>
+
+	<para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
+	  License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>SEE ALSO</title>
+      <para><application>dcop</application>(1), <application>dcopfind</application>(1)</para>
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/fileshareset-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/fileshareset-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..de354f88f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/fileshareset-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.TH FILESHARESET 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "file share tool"
+.SH NAME
+fileshareset, filesharelist
+\- add/remove/list NFS and Samba file shares
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.BR fileshareset \ [ \-\-add ]\ [  \-\-remove ]\  \fIdir\fP
+.sp 1
+.BR filesharelist
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBfileshareset\fP allows users to add or remove NFS and Samba file shares.
+.sp 1
+\fBfilesharelist\fP allows users to list NFS and Samba file shares.
+.sp 1
+Both commands are implemented as one single script.
+.SH OPTIONS
+(\fBfileshareset\fP only)
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-add
+add file share
+.TP
+.B \-\-remove
+remove file share
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.I dir
+directory to add/remove as file share
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /etc/security/fileshare.conf
+main configuration file
+.TP
+.I /etc/exports
+NFS shares
+.TP
+.I /etc/samba/smb.conf
+Samba configuration file
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+MandrakeSoft <pixel@mandrakesoft.com>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/imagetops-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/imagetops-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e29b0020e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/imagetops-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH IMAGETOPS 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "Generic Image to PS Filter"
+.SH NAME
+imagetops
+\- generic image to ps filter
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.BR imagetops \ [ \-gray ]\ [ arguments\ for\ pnmtops ]
+.RI [  filename ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBimagetops\fP is a generic image to ps filter. It can be used as print filter in TDE.
+.sp 1
+\fBimagetops\fP works in two steps:
+.IP "    1."
+the given file is converted to PNM format by analyzing the file format and calling the appropriate conversion program.
+.IP "    2."
+the file in PNM format is converted to PS format by calling \fBpnmtops\fP.
+.PP
+The supported mime types are: jpeg, png, x\-png, bmp, x\-bmp, gif and tiff.
+.sp 1
+\fBimagetops\fP supports reading the parameters via stdin. A temporary file in \fI/tmp\fP is created then.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-gray
+convert image to grayscale
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B arguments for pnmtops
+arguments passed to pnmtops
+.TP
+.I filename
+image file to convert
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR bmptoppm (1),\  giftopnm (1),\  jpegtopnm (1),\  pngtopnm (1),\  ppmtopgm (1),\  pnmtops (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+The KDE project
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kaddprinterwizard-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kaddprinterwizard-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d141dca89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kaddprinterwizard-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KADDPRINTERWIZARD</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "kaddprinterwizard">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Start the add printer wizard</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--tdeconfig</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--serverconfig</option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> starts the add printer wizard.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--tdeconfig</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Configure TDE Print.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--serverconfig</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Configure print server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kcookiejar-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kcookiejar-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27aa2382c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kcookiejar-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KCOOKIEJAR</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "kcookiejar">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>HTTP Cookie Daemon</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--reload-config</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--remove <replaceable>domain</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--remove-all</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--shutdown</option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a HTTP Cookie Daemon.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reload-config</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Reload configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--remove <replaceable>domain</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Remove cookies for domain.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--remove-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Remove all cookies.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--shutdown</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Shut down cookie jar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kded-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kded-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34c664c3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kded-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KDED</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "kded">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>triggers Sycoca database updates when needed</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--check</option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> triggers Sycoca database updates when needed.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--check</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Check Sycoca database only once.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kdontchangethehostname-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kdontchangethehostname-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f9866156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kdontchangethehostname-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KDONTCHANGETHEHOSTNAME</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "kdontchangethehostname">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Informs TDE about a change in hostname</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>old</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>new</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> informs TDE about a change in hostname.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kgrantpty-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kgrantpty-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22aa507de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kgrantpty-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.TH KGRANTPTY 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "TDE internal"
+.SH NAME
+kgrantpty
+\- TDE helper program to fix terminal permissions
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+!!! \fBkgrantpty\fP needs to be installed setuid root to function. !!!
+.br
+!!! It is not intended to be called from the command line. !!!
+.sp 1
+\fBkgrantpty\fP is a helper program for the TDE core libraries to fix terminal permissions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR pts (4)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Zack Weinberg <zack@rabi.phys.columbia.edu>
+.br
+Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on\-line.de>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kinstalltheme-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kinstalltheme-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dcf57599a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kinstalltheme-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KINSTALLTHEME</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "kinstalltheme">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>TDE Tool to build a cache list of all pixmap themes installed</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a TDE tool to build a cache list of all pixmap themes installed.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kpac_dhcp_helper-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kpac_dhcp_helper-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21066e002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kpac_dhcp_helper-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.TH KPAC_DHCP_HELPER 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "TDE internal"
+.SH NAME
+kpac_dhcp_helper
+\- TDE helper program for automatic proxy discovery via DHCP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+!!! \fBkpac_dhcp_helper\fP needs to be installed setuid root to function. !!!
+.br
+!!! It is not intended to be called from the command line. !!!
+.sp 1
+\fBkpac_dhcp_helper\fP is a helper program for automatic proxy discovery via DHCP.
+It makes use of \fBProxy Auto Configuration\fP (\fBPAC\fP) files and is used by \fBKonqueror\fP.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.TP
+.B http://l10n.kde.org/docs/admin/konqueror.html
+TDE Administrators Guide, Chapter 7, Konqueror: Automatic Proxy Discovery
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+The KDE project
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kshell-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kshell-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..942f9363a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/kshell-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+.TH KSHELL 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+tdeinit_wrapper, kshell, kwrapper
+\- start applications via tdeinit
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeinit_wrapper\fP application [arguments]
+.sp 1
+\fBkshell\fP application [arguments]
+.sp 1
+\fBkwrapper\fP application [arguments]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeinit_wrapper\fP, \fBkshell\fP and \fBkwrapper\fP start applications via \fBtdeinit\fP.
+.sp 1
+\fBtdeinit_wrapper\fP simply passes application name and arguments to \fBtdeinit\fP.
+.sp 1
+\fBkshell\fP passes application name, arguments, complete environment and current working directory to \fBtdeinit\fP.
+.sp 1
+\fBkwrapper\fP tries to make the application look like it was actually started directly and not via \fBtdeinit\fP. Like \fBkshell\fP it passes application name, arguments, complete environment and current working directory to \fBtdeinit\fP.
+.br
+Additionally it
+.IP "    \-"
+tries to redirect application output to the console from which \fBkwrapper\fP was started
+.IP "    \-"
+waits for the application to finish (but does not return its return value)
+.IP "    \-"
+passes most signals it gets to the process of the started application
+.PP
+The signal passing allows you to use Ctrl\-C to break the started application or Ctrl\-Z to stop it.
+.sp 1
+Note: With the use of \fBkwrapper\fP you will have one more process running and also the signal passing and output redirection may not work properly.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B application
+application to start
+.TP
+.B arguments
+arguments of application to start
+.SS 
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tdeinit (1)
+.br
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+\fBkshell\fP:
+.br
+Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+
+\fBkwrapper\fP and \fBtdeinit_wrapper\fP:
+.br
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.org>
+Lubos Lunak <l.lunak@kde.org>
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/ksvgtopng-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/ksvgtopng-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45c779776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/ksvgtopng-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+.TH KSVGTOPNG 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "SVG to PNG Filter"
+.SH NAME
+ksvgtopng
+\- svg to png filter
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B ksvgtopng
+.I width height svgfilename outputfilename
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBksvgtopng\fP converts image files from SVG format to PNG format.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.I  width
+width of target image
+.TP
+.I height
+height of target image
+.TP
+.I svgfilename
+image file to convert
+.TP
+.I outputfilename
+name of converted image file
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR imagetops (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+The KDE project
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/lnusertemp-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/lnusertemp-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7951fcc6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/lnusertemp-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Javier</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Fernandez-Sanguino</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>25 January, 2005</date>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>jfs@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Javier Fernandez-Sanguino">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>LNUSERTEMP</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "lnusertemp">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2005</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>tool to create TDE resources and symlinks to them</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>tmp|socket|cache</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is used to create TDE
+    resources in temporary directories and symlinks to them in
+    <envar>TDEHOME</envar>. The resource that needs to be created is
+    given as an argument and can be anyone of:</para>
+
+    <itemizedlist>
+
+    <listitem><para><emphasis>tmp</emphasis>: for the directory used
+    for storing temporary files. This directory should be preferably
+    on a local filesystem (available in KDE 2.x)</para> </listitem>
+
+    <listitem><para><emphasis>socket</emphasis>: for the directory
+    that holds temporary sockets. This directory needs to be on the
+    local filesystem (available in KDE 2.x)</para> </listitem>
+
+    <listitem><para><emphasis>cache</emphasis>: for the directory that
+    stores cached information such as the HTTP cache and favicons
+    (available since KDE 3.0)</para> </listitem>
+
+    </itemizedlist>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> will create the first two
+    resources in directories under <filename>/tmp</filename> (or
+    <envar>TDETMP</envar> if defined in the environment) and will use
+    <filename>/var/tmp</filename> (or <envar>TDEVARTMP</envar> if
+    defined in the environment) for the <emphasis>cache</emphasis>
+    resource (in order to survive system reboots). The temporary
+    directories created for resources are usually of the form
+    <filename>RESOURCE-USERNAME</filename>. The name might vary if
+    those filenames already exist and do not belong to the user for
+    which <command>&dhpackage;</command> is run, a temporary (unique)
+    name will be used if possible to prevent temporary symlink
+    attacks.  </para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is usually called by the
+    <command>starttde</command> script.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>EXIT VALUES</title>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> will return 0 if it can
+    create the resource and symlink to it, or if the resource already
+    exists and is properly symlinked it will return 1 if it cannot
+    create the link or if the symlink is pointing to an incorrect
+    location.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>SEE ALSO</title>
+
+    <para>You can find more information on the TDE's usage of
+    temporary files in the Chapter <ulink
+    url="http://i18n.kde.org/doc/admin/temp-files.html"><citetitle>Temporary
+    and Other Files KDE Uses</citetitle></ulink> of the <ulink
+    url="http://i18n.kde.org/doc/admin/"><citetitle>The KDE
+    Administrators Guide</citetitle></ulink>.  </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+
+  <refsect1>
+
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.  </para>
+
+    <para>
+          On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+          Public License can be found in
+          /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL. 
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/make_driver_db_cups-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/make_driver_db_cups-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d93921c98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/make_driver_db_cups-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+.TH MAKE_DRIVER_DB_CUPS 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+make_driver_db_cups
+\- create a printer database from ppd files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B make_driver_db_cups
+.RI [ db_directory ]\ [ output_filename ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBmake_driver_db_cups\fP creates a printer database from PPD files. PPD files (Postscript Printer Description files) describe a specific printer. Nowadays they are also used for non\-Postscript printers.
+.sp 1
+\fBmake_driver_db_cups\fP prints all printer descriptions found in a given directory and all its subdirectories to stdout.
+The first line gives the number of all found printers. Every printer description block consists of the items FILE, MANUFACTURER, MODELNAME, MODEL and DESCRIPTION.
+The block is followed by the current block number.
+.sp 1
+If an output file is given \fBmake_driver_db_cups\fP suppresses all numbers.
+.sp 1
+The PPD files may be gzip compressed.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.I db_directory
+directory with ppd files
+.TP
+.I output_filename
+write printer database into this file
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I $TDEHOME/share/apps/tdeprint/printerdb_cups.txt
+TDE printer database
+.br
+(if $TDEHOME is not set ~/.trinity is used)
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR make_driver_db_lpr (1)
+.TP
+.B www.linuxprinting.org
+Information about printing under UNIX
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+The KDE project
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/make_driver_db_lpr-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/make_driver_db_lpr-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61493ba06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/make_driver_db_lpr-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.TH MAKE_DRIVER_DB_LPR 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+make_driver_db_lpr
+\- create a printer database from aps filter database and ifhp filter database.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B make_driver_db_lpr
+.RI [ db_directory ]\ [ output_filename ]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBmake_driver_db_lpr\fP creates a printer database from aps filter database and ifhp filter database. These databases contain descriptions of printers.
+.sp 1
+\fBmake_driver_db_lpr\fP prints all printer descriptions found in the filter databases to stdout.
+The first line gives the number of all found printers. Every printer description block consists of the items FILE, MANUFACTURER, MODELNAME, MODEL and DESCRIPTION.
+The block is followed by the current block number.
+.sp 1
+If an output file is given \fBmake_driver_db_lpr\fP suppresses all numbers.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.I db_directory
+directory with filter files
+.TP
+.I output_filename
+write printer database into this file
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR make_driver_db_cups (1),\  ifhp (8)
+.TP
+.B www.linuxprinting.org
+Information about printing under UNIX
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+The KDE project
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/maketdewidgets-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/maketdewidgets-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7bf32e767
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/maketdewidgets-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH MAKETDEWIDGETS 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+maketdewidgets
+\- Builds Qt widget plugins from an ini style description file.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBmaketdewidgets\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] file 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBmaketdewidgets\fP builds Qt widget plugins from an ini style description file.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B file
+Input file
+.SS 
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-o  <file>
+Output file
+.TP
+.B  \-n  <plugin name>
+Name of the plugin class to generate [WidgetsPlugin]
+.TP
+.B  \-g  <group>
+Default widget group name to display in designer [Custom]
+.TP
+.B  \-p  <pixmap dir>
+Embed pixmaps from a source directory
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Ian Reinhart Geiser <geiseri@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/meinproc-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/meinproc-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83ac2654a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/meinproc-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>MEINPROC</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "meinproc">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>TDE Translator for XML</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--cache <replaceable>file</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--check</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--htdig</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>-o</option>, <option>--output <replaceable>file</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--stdout</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--stylesheet <replaceable>xsl</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>xml</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> TDE Translator for XML</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cache <replaceable>file</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Create a cache file for the document.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--check</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Check the document for validity.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--htdig</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Create a ht://dig compatible index.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-o</option>, <option>--output <replaceable>file</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Output whole document to file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--stdout</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Output whole document to stdout.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--stylesheet <replaceable>xsl</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Stylesheet to use.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/preparetips-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/preparetips-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f598433b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/preparetips-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+.TH PREPARETIPS 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "translation tool"
+.SH NAME
+preparetips
+\- extract text from tips file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBpreparetips\fP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBpreparetips\fP is a script to extract the text from a tips file. It outputs the text so \fBxgettext\fP can add the tips to a PO file. PO files provide a human\-readable string format used for translations.
+.sp 1
+\fBpreparetips\fP looks for \fIdata/tips\-en\fP as tips file.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR xgettext (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Matthias Kiefer <matthias.kiefer@gmx.de>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tde-config-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tde-config-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a6da2268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tde-config-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>TDE-CONFIG</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tde-config">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>A little program to output installation paths</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--exec-prefix</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--expandvars</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--install <replaceable>type</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--localprefix</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--path <replaceable>type</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--prefix</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--types</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--userpath <replaceable>type</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a little program to output installation paths.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--exec-prefix</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Compiled in exec_prefix for TDE libraries.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--expandvars</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Expand ${prefix} and ${exec_prefix} in output.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--install <replaceable>type</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Prefix to install resource files to.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--localprefix</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Prefix in $HOME used to write files.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--path <replaceable>type</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Search path for resource type.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--prefix</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Compiled in prefix for TDE libraries.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--types</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Available TDE resource types.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--userpath <replaceable>type</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>User path: desktop|autostart|trash|document.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tde-menu-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tde-menu-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9ae5c1b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tde-menu-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH TDE\-MENU 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "TDE menu query tool"
+.SH NAME
+tde\-menu
+\- TDE Menu query tool.
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtde\-menu\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options] <application\-id> 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtde\-menu\fP is a TDE menu query tool. It is used to find the menu in which a specific application is shown.
+.br
+The \fB\-\-highlight\fP option visually indicates the location of a specific application in the TDE menu.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B <application\-id>
+The id of the menu entry to locate
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-utf8
+Output data in UTF\-8 instead of local encoding
+.TP
+.B  \-\-print\-menu\-id  
+Print menu\-id of the menu that contains
+the application
+.TP
+.B  \-\-print\-menu\-name  
+Print menu name (caption) of the menu that
+contains the application
+.TP
+.B  \-\-highlight  
+Highlight the entry in the menu
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocache\-update  
+Do not check if sycoca database is up to date
+.SS 
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH SEE ALSO
+Full user documentation is available through the TDE Help Center.  You can also enter the URL
+.BR help:/tde\-menu/
+directly into konqueror or you can run 
+.BR "`khelpcenter help:/tde\-menu/'"
+from the command\-line.
+.br
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeab2tdeabc-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeab2tdeabc-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d2267278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeab2tdeabc-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KAB2KABC 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "Kab to Kabc converter"
+.SH NAME
+tdeab2tdeabc
+\- TDE address book converter
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeab2tdeabc\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options] 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeab2tdeabc\fP converts a TDE address book from old Kab format to new Kabc format.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-disable\-autostart  
+Disable automatic startup on login
+.TP
+.B  \-\-quiet  
+
+.TP
+.B \-o,  \-\-override  
+Override existing entries [1]
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR kaddressbook (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdebuildsycoca-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdebuildsycoca-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dadd26284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdebuildsycoca-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KBUILDSYCOCA</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdebuildsycoca">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Rebuilds the system configuration cache</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--checkstamps</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--incremental</option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--nosignal</option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> rebuilds the system configuration cache.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--checkstamps</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Check file timestamps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--incremental</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Incremental update.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nosignal</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Don't signal applications.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdecmshell-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdecmshell-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..055cbdd68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdecmshell-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KCMSHELL 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "tool to start single Trinity control modules"
+.SH NAME
+tdecmshell
+\- tool to start single Trinity control modules
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+tdecmshell [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options] module 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdecmshell\fP is a tool to start single Trinity control modules.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B module
+Configuration module to open
+.TP
+.B  \-\-lang  <language>
+Specify a particular language
+.TP
+.B  \-\-embed  <id>
+Embeds the module with buttons in window with id <id>
+.TP
+.B  \-\-embed\-proxy  <id>
+Embeds the module without buttons in window with id <id>
+.TP
+.B  \-\-silent  
+Do not display main window
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-list  
+List all possible modules
+.SS 
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Frans Englich <frans.englich@kde.org>
+.br
+Daniel Molkentin <molkentin@kde.org>
+.br
+Matthias Hoelzer\-Kluepfel <hoelzer@kde.org>
+.br
+Matthias Elter <elter@kde.org>
+.br
+Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org>
+.br
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeconf_update-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeconf_update-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..475aa6eca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeconf_update-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KCONF_UPDATE</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdeconf_update">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>TDE Tool for updating user configuration files</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--check <replaceable>update-file</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>file</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a TDE Tool for updating user configuration files.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--check <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Check whether config file itself requires updating.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeconfig_compiler-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeconfig_compiler-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7aba95e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeconfig_compiler-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KCONFIG_COMPILER 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "programming tool"
+.SH NAME
+tdeconfig_compiler
+\- TDE configuration compiler
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeconfig_compiler\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options]
+.I file.kcfg file.kcfgc 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeconfig_compiler\fP generates C++ source code from two files. The first file (.kcfg) contains information about configuration options and the second file (.kcfgc) provides the code generation options.
+.br
+The generated source code contains a class based on \fBTDEConfigSkeleton\fP that provides an API to access the applications configuration data.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.I file.kcfg
+Input kcfg XML file
+.TP
+.I file.kcfgc
+Code generation options file
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B \-d,  \-\-directory  <dir>
+Directory to generate files in [.]
+.SS 
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.TP
+.B http://developer.kde.org
+KDE Developer's Corner website
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+.br
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+Zack Rusin <zack@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdefile-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdefile-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17a94d0f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdefile-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>TDEFILE</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdefile">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>A commandline tool to read and modify metadata of files</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>files</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a commandline tool to read and modify metadata of files.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--av</option>, <option>--allValues</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Prints all metadata values, available in the given file(s).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dialog</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Opens a TDE properties dialog to allow viewing and modifying of metadata of the given file(s).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--getValue <replaceable>key</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Prints the value for 'key' of the given file(s). 'key' may also be a comma-separated list of keys.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--la</option>, <option>--listavailable</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>List all metadata keys which have a value in the given file(s).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--lp</option>, <option>--listpreferred <replaceable>mimetype</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>List all preferred metadata keys of the given file(s). If mimetype is not specified, the mimetype of the given files is used.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ls</option>, <option>--listsupported <replaceable>mimetype</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>List all supported metadata keys of the given file(s). If mimetype is not specified, the mimetype of the given files is used.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-m</option>, <option>--nomimetype</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Print the mimetype of the given file(s).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--pv</option>, <option>--preferredValues</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Prints the preferred metadata values, available in the given file(s).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Don't print a warning when more than one file was given and they don't have all the same mimetype.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--setValue <replaceable>key=value</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Attempts to set the value 'value' for the metadata key 'key' for the given file(s).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sm</option>, <option>--supportedMimetypes</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Prints all mimetypes for which metadata support is available.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdehotnewstuff-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdehotnewstuff-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8ddbed80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdehotnewstuff-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KHOTNEWSTUFF 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "TDE tool"
+.SH NAME
+tdehotnewstuff
+\- TDE tool to test GHNS repositories
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdehotnewstuff\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options] [providerlist] 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdehotnewstuff\fP is a tool to test GHNS repositories. It calls the download dialog for arbitrary GHNS repositories and can apply filters given on the command line.
+.sp 1
+GHNS means "Get Hot New Stuff" and is a data sharing concept. It allows you to install new stuff like applets, plugins, data, sounds and wallpapers for instant use in your TDE applications.
+.sp 1
+GHNS consists of server installations to provide repositories and a client\-side framework to use them. In TDE the client-side framework is called \fBKHotNewStuff\fP.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B providerlist
+Provider list to use
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-type  <type>
+Display only media of this type
+.SS 
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.TP
+.B http://kstuff.org
+TDE\-specific GHNS home page
+.TP
+.B http://ghns.freedesktop.org
+"Get Hot New Stuff" home page
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Cornelius Schumacher <schumacher@kde.org>
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeinit-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeinit-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c591fc245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeinit-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH TDEINIT 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "process launcher"
+.SH NAME
+tdeinit
+\- TDE process launcher
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeinit\fP [options]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeinit\fP is a process launcher similar to \fBinit\fP used for booting UNIX.
+.sp 1
+\fBtdeinit\fP is used to start all other TDE programs. It can start binary program files as well as tdeinit loadable modules (KLMs).
+.sp 1
+When \fBtdeinit\fP starts for the first time it launches \fBdcopserver\fP, \fBtdelauncher\fP, \fBkded\fP and some additional programs specified on its command line in the \fBstarttde\fP script (normally \fBkcminit\fP and \fBknotify\fP).
+.sp 1
+The \fBtdeinit\fP master process can be used to start additional TDE programs via \fBtdeinit_wrapper\fP, \fBkshell\fP and \fBkwrapper\fP.
+.sp 1
+KLMs are dynamic libraries that work like binary programs but can be started more efficiently.
+Starting KLMs via \fBtdeinit\fP is much faster and more memory efficient because \fBtdeinit\fP is linked against all libraries a standard TDE application needs. To start a KLM \fBtdeinit\fP forks and loads the dynamic library.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B \-\-no\-kded
+Do not start kded
+.TP
+.B \-\-suicide
+Terminate when no TDE applications are left running
+.SS
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.I /usr/lib/trinity
+directory with KLMs (tdeinit loadable modules)
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcopserver (1),\  kded (1),\  kcminit (1),\  tdeinit_wrapper (1),\  tdelauncher (1),\  kshell (1),\  kwrapper (1),\  starttde (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@sime.com>
+.br
+Lubos Lunak <l.lunak@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeinit_shutdown-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeinit_shutdown-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95a20cfa9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeinit_shutdown-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH TDEINIT_SHUTDOWN 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" ""
+.SH NAME
+tdeinit_shutdown
+\- shuts down tdeinit master process
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeinit_shutdown
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeinit_shutdown\fP shuts down tdeinit master process and terminates all processes spawned from it.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tdeinit (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+The KDE project
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeio_http_cache_cleaner-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeio_http_cache_cleaner-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3062176d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeio_http_cache_cleaner-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>TDEIO_HTTP_CACHE_CLEANER</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdeio_http_cache_cleaner">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>TDE HTTP cache maintenance tool</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--clear-all</option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a TDE HTTP cache maintenance tool.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--clear-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Empty the cache.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeio_uiserver-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeio_uiserver-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d15b8f3a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeio_uiserver-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KIO_UISERVER</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdeio_uiserver">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>TDE Progress Information UI Server</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a TDE Progress Information UI Server.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeioexec-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeioexec-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e07194181
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeioexec-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KIOEXEC 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "network transparency support"
+.SH NAME
+tdeioexec, kfmexec
+\- open remote files, watch modifications, ask for upload
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeioexec\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options] command [URLs] 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeioexec\fP offers network transparency to applications that only support local files.
+.sp 1
+\fBtdeioexec\fP downloads the remote file to a temporary location and starts a local application with the temporary file as argument. Then it  waits for the application to be exited and offers re\-uploading of the modified temporary file.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B command
+Command to execute
+.TP
+.B URLs
+URL(s) or local file(s) used for 'command'
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-tempfiles  
+Treat URLs as local files and delete them afterwards
+.TP
+.B  \-\-suggestedfilename  <file name>
+Suggested file name for the downloaded file
+.SS 
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+David Faure <faure@kde.org>
+.br
+Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org>
+.br
+Bernhard Rosenkraenzer <bero@arklinux.org>
+.br
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the authors directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdelauncher-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdelauncher-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a49a662d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdelauncher-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KLAUNCHER 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "service activation daemon"
+.SH NAME
+tdelauncher
+\- daemon for service activation in TDE
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+!!! \fBtdelauncher\fP is started automatically by tdeinit. It is not supposed to be started manually. !!!
+.sp 1
+\fBtdelauncher\fP is a daemon responsible for service activation in TDE. It operates closely together with the tdeinit master process to start new processes. TDE applications communicate with \fBtdelauncher\fP via DCOP to start new applications or services.
+.sp 1
+The error message "TDELauncher could not be reached via DCOP" either indicates a serious problem with the \fBdcopserver\fP or \fBtdelauncher\fP crashed.
+.sp 1
+Note: \fBtdelauncher\fP is not the "run command" dialog (Alt+F2)!
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR dcopserver (1),\  tdeinit (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdemailservice-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdemailservice-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ed6db99f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdemailservice-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KMAILSERVICE</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdemailservice">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>mail service</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>url</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a mail service.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdesendbugmail-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdesendbugmail-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c15ce6d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdesendbugmail-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KSENDBUGEMAIL</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "ksendbugemail">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>Sends a short bug report to submit@bugs.trinitydesktop.org</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--recipient <replaceable>argument</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option>--subject <replaceable>argument</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> sends a short bug report to submit@bugs.trinitydesktop.org</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>APP OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--recipient <replaceable>argument</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Recipient [submit@bugs.trinitydesktop.org]</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--subject <replaceable>argument</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Subject line.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdestartupconfig-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdestartupconfig-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f0f6c6e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdestartupconfig-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KSTARTUPCONFIG 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "configuration options loader"
+.SH NAME
+tdestartupconfig, tdedostartupconfig
+\- TDE configuration options loader
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdestartupconfig\fP [$TDEHOME]
+.sp 1
+\fBtdedostartupconfig\fP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdestartupconfig\fP loads configuration options for use in \fBstarttde\fP. It saves loading time as there is no need to launch programs linked to TDE libraries. \fBstartupconfig\fP uses a cache of some Kconfig options that are updated by \fBtdedostartupconfig\fP. The cache is implemented as script file that is sourced and provides the options as shell variables.
+.sp 1
+The configuration options to load are stored in \fIstartupconfigkeys\fP as one option per line. They follow the format <file> <group> <key> <default>. A complete group is addressed as <file> [<group>]. The configuration options are processed in the specified order so the missing default values for groups can be specified as single options after the group option.
+.sp 1
+\fBtdestartupconfig\fP stores every line from \fIstartupconfigkeys\fP in \fIstartupconfigfiles\fP followed by the paths of all files relevant to the option. Lines with non\-existent files start with '!' in case they are created later. The list of files is terminated by a line starting with '*'.
+.sp 1
+If the timestamps of all relevant files are older than the timestamp of \fIstartupconfigfile\fP there is no need to update anything. Otherwise \fBtdedostartupconfig\fP is launched to create or update the necessary files.
+.sp 1
+\fBtdedostartupconfig\fP writes values of the options to \fIstartupconfig\fP. \fIstartupconfig\fP is a shell script that sets the values to shell variables. The variables are named <file>_<group>_<key>.
+.sp 1
+\fBNotes:\fP
+.IP "     \-"
+the \fIkdeglobals\fP config file is not used as a dependency for other config files
+.IP "     \-"
+do not use frequently changed config files since the checking is timestamp\-based
+.IP "     \-"
+if \fBtdeconf_update\fP is used to update an option also touch the matching global config file to allow \fBtdestartupconfig\fP to see changes
+.SH OPTIONS
+.TP
+.B $TDEHOME
+TDE home directory, if different to ~/.trinity
+.SS
+.SH FILES
+In case $TDEHOME is not set ~/.trinity is assumed.
+.TP
+.I $TDEHOME/share/config/startupconfig
+script, sourced to set shell variables with configuration options
+.TP
+.I $TDEHOME/share/config/startupconfigfiles
+configuration options and files they belong to
+.TP
+.I $TDEHOME/share/config/startupconfigkeys
+configuration options to load
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tdeconf_update (1),\  starttde (1)
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Lubos Lunak <l.lunak@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdesu_stub-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdesu_stub-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02573d970
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdesu_stub-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH TDESU_STUB 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "TDE internal"
+.SH NAME
+tdesu_stub
+\- used by TDE su
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+!!! \fBtdesu_stub\fP is for TDE internal use only !!!
+.sp 1
+TDE su executes \fBtdesu_stub\fP through su or ssh. The stub is running as the target user. After some information is sent via stdin and stdout the stub executes the target program.
+.br
+The information passed over are the X display, a X authentication cookie (if available), the PATH and the command to run.
+.sp 1
+TDE su uses a stub program because the X cookie is private information and therefore cannot be passed on the command line.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tdesu (1)
+.sp 1
+Full user documentation is available through the TDE Help Center. You can also enter the URL
+.BR help:/tdesu/
+directly into konqueror or you can run 
+.BR "`khelpcenter help:/tdesu/'"
+from the command\-line.
+.br
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Geert Jansen <jansen@kde.org>
+.br
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdetelnetservice-trinity.sgml b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdetelnetservice-trinity.sgml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6552840fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdetelnetservice-trinity.sgml
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+<!doctype refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
+
+<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
+     page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'.  You may view
+     the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
+     less'.  A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
+
+manpage.1: manpage.sgml
+	docbook-to-man $< > $@
+
+    
+	The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
+	Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
+	debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
+	docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
+
+  -->
+
+  <!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Chris</firstname>">
+  <!ENTITY dhsurname   "<surname>Cheney</surname>">
+  <!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
+  <!ENTITY dhdate      "<date>November  6, 2002</date>">
+  <!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
+       allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
+  <!ENTITY dhsection   "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
+  <!ENTITY dhemail     "<email>ccheney@debian.org</email>">
+  <!ENTITY dhusername  "Chris Cheney">
+  <!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KTELNETSERVICE</refentrytitle>">
+  <!ENTITY dhpackage   "tdetelnetservice">
+
+  <!ENTITY debian      "<productname>Debian</productname>">
+  <!ENTITY gnu         "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
+]>
+
+<refentry>
+  <refentryinfo>
+    <address>
+      &dhemail;
+    </address>
+    <author>
+      &dhfirstname;
+      &dhsurname;
+    </author>
+    <copyright>
+      <year>2002</year>
+      <holder>&dhusername;</holder>
+    </copyright>
+    &dhdate;
+  </refentryinfo>
+  <refmeta>
+    &dhucpackage;
+
+    &dhsection;
+  </refmeta>
+  <refnamediv>
+    <refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
+
+    <refpurpose>telnet service</refpurpose>
+  </refnamediv>
+  <refsynopsisdiv>
+    <cmdsynopsis>
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command>
+
+      <arg><option><replaceable>Qt-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>TDE-options</replaceable></option></arg>
+      <arg><option><replaceable>url</replaceable></option></arg>
+
+    </cmdsynopsis>
+  </refsynopsisdiv>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>DESCRIPTION</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page documents briefly the
+      <command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
+
+    <para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a telnet service.</para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>GENERIC OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <para>This program follows the usual GNU command line syntax,
+      with long options starting with two dashes (`-').  A summary of
+      options is included below.</para>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--author</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show author information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show help about options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-all</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show all options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-tde</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show TDE specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--help-qt</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show Qt specific options.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--license</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show license information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>-v</option>, <option>--version</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Show version information.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>QT OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--bg</option>, <option>--background <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default background color and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--btn</option>, <option>--button <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default button color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--cmap</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Causes the application to install a private color map on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--display <replaceable>displayname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the X-server display 'displayname'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Running under a debugger can cause an implicit --nograb, use --dograb to override.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fg</option>, <option>--foreground <replaceable>color</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the default foreground color.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--fn</option>, <option>--font <replaceable>fontname</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Defines the application font.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--im <replaceable>XIMserver</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Set XIM server.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--inputstyle <replaceable>inputstyle</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and root.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--name <replaceable>name</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application name.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--ncols <replaceable>count</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Limits the number of colors allocated in the color cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the QApplication::ManyColor color specification.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nograb</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--noxim</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable XIM.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--reverse</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Mirrors the whole layout of widgets.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--session <replaceable>sessionId</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--sync</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Switches to synchronous mode for debugging.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--title <replaceable>title</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application title (caption).</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on an 8-bit display.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>TDE OPTIONS</title>
+
+    <variablelist>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--caption <replaceable>caption</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--config <replaceable>filename</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use alternative configuration file.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--dcopserver <replaceable>server</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--geometry <replaceable>geometry</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the client geometry of the main widget.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--icon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the application icon.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--miniicon <replaceable>icon</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Disable crash handler, to get core dumps.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--style <replaceable>style</replaceable></option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Sets the application GUI style.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+      <varlistentry>
+        <term><option>--waitforwm</option>
+        </term>
+        <listitem>
+          <para>Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager.</para>
+        </listitem>
+      </varlistentry>
+    </variablelist>
+  </refsect1>
+  <refsect1>
+    <title>AUTHOR</title>
+
+    <para>This manual page was written by &dhusername;
+      &lt;&dhemail;&gt; for the &debian; system (but may be used by
+      others).  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+      modify this document under the terms of the &gnu; General Public
+      License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free
+      Software Foundation.
+    </para>
+
+    <para>On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General
+      Public License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
+    </para>
+
+  </refsect1>
+</refentry>
+
+<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
+Local variables:
+mode: sgml
+sgml-omittag:t
+sgml-shorttag:t
+sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
+sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
+sgml-indent-step:2
+sgml-indent-data:t
+sgml-parent-document:nil
+sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
+sgml-exposed-tags:nil
+sgml-local-catalogs:nil
+sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
+End:
+-->
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdetradertest-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdetradertest-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1ff4599a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdetradertest-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KTRADERTEST 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "A TDETrader testing tool"
+.SH NAME
+tdetradertest
+\- A TDETrader testing tool
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdetradertest\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] query [genericServiceType] [constraint] [preference] 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdetradertest\fP is a command line tool to run trader queries.
+.sp 1
+TDETrader uses .desktop files to store information on Servicetypes and services. It provides a way to query all TDE services (applications and components) that match a specific set of requirements.
+.sp 1
+A query to TDETrader results in a list of services.
+.sp 1
+For example, \fBtdetradertest image/jpeg\fP shows a list of image manipulation programs.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS
+.SS Arguments:
+.TP
+.B query
+the query
+.TP
+.B genericServiceType
+Application (default), or KParts/ReadOnlyPart
+.TP
+.B constraint
+constraint
+.TP
+.B preference
+preference
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+David Faure <faure@kde.org>
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.
diff --git a/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeunittestmodrunner-trinity.1 b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeunittestmodrunner-trinity.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c271869b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ubuntu/_base/tdelibs/debian/man/tdeunittestmodrunner-trinity.1
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+.\" This file was generated by (a slightly modified) kdemangen.pl and edited by hand
+.TH KUNITTESTMODRUNNER 1 "Jun 2006" "Trinity Desktop Environment" "KUnitTest modules runner"
+.SH NAME
+tdeunittestmodrunner
+\- a TDE command\-line application to run KUnitTest modules
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+\fBtdeunittestmodrunner\fP [Qt\-options] [TDE\-options] [options] 
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\fBtdeunittestmodrunner\fP is a command\-line application to run KUnitTest modules.
+It loads all tdeunittest_*.la modules in the current directory. The exit code is the number of unexpected failures.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.SS Options:
+.TP
+.BR  \-\-query \ [ regexp ]
+Only run modules whose filenames match the regexp. [^tdeunittest_.*\.la$]
+.TP
+.BR  \-\-folder \ [ folder ]
+Only run tests modules which are found in the folder. Use the query option to select modules. [.]
+.TP
+.B  \-\-enable\-dbgcap  
+Disables debug capturing. You typically use this option when you use the GUI.
+.SS Generic options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help  
+Show help about options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-qt  
+Show Qt specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-tde  
+Show TDE specific options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-help\-all  
+Show all options
+.TP
+.B  \-\-author  
+Show author information
+.TP
+.B \-v,  \-\-version  
+Show version information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-license  
+Show license information
+.TP
+.B  \-\-  
+End of options
+.SS 
+.SS Qt options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-display  <displayname>
+Use the X\-server display 'displayname'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-session  <sessionId>
+Restore the application for the given 'sessionId'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-cmap  
+Causes the application to install a private color
+map on an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-ncols  <count>
+Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
+cube on an 8\-bit display, if the application is
+using the QApplication::ManyColor color
+specification
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nograb  
+tells Qt to never grab the mouse or the keyboard
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dograb  
+running under a debugger can cause an implicit
+\-nograb, use \-dograb to override
+.TP
+.B  \-\-sync  
+switches to synchronous mode for debugging
+.TP
+.B \-\-fn,  \-\-font  <fontname>
+defines the application font
+.TP
+.B \-\-bg,  \-\-background  <color>
+sets the default background color and an
+application palette (light and dark shades are
+calculated)
+.TP
+.B \-\-fg,  \-\-foreground  <color>
+sets the default foreground color
+.TP
+.B \-\-btn,  \-\-button  <color>
+sets the default button color
+.TP
+.B  \-\-name  <name>
+sets the application name
+.TP
+.B  \-\-title  <title>
+sets the application title (caption)
+.TP
+.B  \-\-visual  TrueColor
+forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
+an 8\-bit display
+.TP
+.B  \-\-inputstyle  <inputstyle>
+sets XIM (X Input Method) input style. Possible
+values are onthespot, overthespot, offthespot and
+root
+.TP
+.B  \-\-im  <XIM server>
+set XIM server
+.TP
+.B  \-\-noxim  
+disable XIM
+.TP
+.B  \-\-reverse  
+mirrors the whole layout of widgets
+.SS 
+.SS TDE options:
+.TP
+.B  \-\-caption  <caption>
+Use 'caption' as name in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-icon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the application icon
+.TP
+.B  \-\-miniicon  <icon>
+Use 'icon' as the icon in the titlebar
+.TP
+.B  \-\-config  <filename>
+Use alternative configuration file
+.TP
+.B  \-\-dcopserver  <server>
+Use the DCOP Server specified by 'server'
+.TP
+.B  \-\-nocrashhandler  
+Disable crash handler, to get core dumps
+.TP
+.B  \-\-waitforwm  
+Waits for a WM_NET compatible windowmanager
+.TP
+.B  \-\-style  <style>
+sets the application GUI style
+.TP
+.B  \-\-geometry  <geometry>
+sets the client geometry of the main widget \- see man X for the argument format
+.SS
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR tdeunittestguimodrunner (1)
+.sp 1
+.TP
+.BR http://www.trinitydesktop.org/development.php
+KDE Developers's Corner website
+.SH AUTHORS
+.nf
+Jeroen Wijnhout <Jeroen.Wijnhout@kdemail.net>
+
+.br
+.fi
+Please use http://bugs.trinitydesktop.org to report bugs, do not mail the author directly.
+.PP
+This manual page was written by Holger Hartmann <Holger_Hartmann@gmx.de> for the \fBDebian\fP Project (but may be used by others). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
+.PP
+On \fBDebian\fP systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in /usr/share/common\-licenses/GPL.